1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
32 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
33 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
35 struct elf_info_failed
37 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
41 /* This structure is used to pass information to
42 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
44 struct elf_find_verdep_info
46 /* General link information. */
47 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
48 /* The number of dependencies. */
50 /* Whether we had a failure. */
54 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
55 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
57 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
59 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
60 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
61 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
65 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
66 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
67 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
69 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
72 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
73 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
74 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
75 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
76 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
80 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
81 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
82 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
85 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
88 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
90 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
91 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
93 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
98 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
102 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
103 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
104 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
106 /* This function may be called more than once. */
107 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".got");
111 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
113 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
114 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
115 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
116 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
119 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
123 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
125 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
129 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
131 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
133 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
134 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
139 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
140 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
142 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
144 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
145 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
146 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
147 a global offset table. */
148 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
149 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
150 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
158 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
160 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
162 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
164 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
165 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
166 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
168 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
170 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
171 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
177 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
178 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
179 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
180 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
181 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
182 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
185 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
189 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
190 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
192 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
195 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
198 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
201 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
202 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
204 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
206 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
207 shared library does not. */
208 if (info
->executable
)
210 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
211 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
216 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
217 if they are not needed. */
218 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
219 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
221 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
224 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
225 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
227 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
230 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
231 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
233 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
236 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
237 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
239 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
242 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
243 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
247 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
249 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
252 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
253 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
254 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
255 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
256 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
257 to decide how to initialize the process. */
258 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
259 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
265 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
266 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
268 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
270 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
273 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
275 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
276 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
278 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
280 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
281 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
282 variable count of 32-bit words. */
283 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
284 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
286 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
289 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
290 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
291 the .got and .plt sections. */
292 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
293 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
296 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
301 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
304 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
306 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
307 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
309 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
310 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
312 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
313 .rel[a].bss sections. */
314 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
317 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
318 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
319 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
320 to read in from the object file. */
321 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
323 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
324 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
325 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
327 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
329 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
333 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
335 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
337 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
338 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
339 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
344 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
345 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
346 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
347 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
349 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
353 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
356 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
358 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
359 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
360 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
361 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
362 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
363 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
364 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
365 (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
369 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
370 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
371 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
372 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
373 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
374 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
375 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
376 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
377 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
378 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
382 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
383 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
384 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
385 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
387 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
395 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
396 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
397 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
398 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
399 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
400 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
404 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
405 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
407 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
409 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
414 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
415 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
416 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
417 this would not be necessary. */
418 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
422 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
423 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
426 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
434 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
435 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
437 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
440 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
441 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
446 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
448 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
449 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
451 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
452 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
453 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
454 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
455 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
458 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
463 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
465 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
471 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
474 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
475 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
476 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
478 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
480 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
481 if(h
->dynamic
|| info
->relocatable
)
484 if ((info
->dynamic_data
485 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
487 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)))
489 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
490 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
494 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
495 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
498 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
499 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
504 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
505 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
506 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
508 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
511 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
512 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
516 switch (h
->root
.type
)
518 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
519 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
520 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
522 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
523 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
524 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
525 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
526 may depend on this. */
527 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
528 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
529 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
531 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
532 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
535 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
536 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
537 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
538 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
540 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
541 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
542 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
543 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
545 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
546 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
547 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
548 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
550 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
555 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
556 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
557 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
558 force the correct value. */
562 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
564 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
565 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
566 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
567 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
571 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
577 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
578 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
579 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
580 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
583 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
585 if (!info
->relocatable
587 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
588 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
594 || (info
->executable
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
))
597 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
600 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
601 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
602 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
603 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
604 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
606 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
614 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
615 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
616 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
619 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
624 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
625 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
626 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
627 unsigned long dynstr_index
;
629 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
630 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
632 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
635 /* See if the entry exists already. */
636 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
637 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
640 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
641 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
645 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
646 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
647 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
649 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
653 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
654 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
658 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
659 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
661 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
662 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
663 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
668 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
669 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
670 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
672 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
675 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
676 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
681 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
682 if (dynstr_index
== (unsigned long) -1)
684 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
686 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
688 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
689 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
690 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
691 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
694 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
696 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
698 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
703 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
706 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
710 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
712 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
713 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
718 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
719 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
720 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
723 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
726 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
731 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
732 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
738 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
739 STB_LOCAL binding. */
742 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
745 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
747 if (!h
->forced_local
)
750 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
751 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
756 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
757 omitted when creating a shared library. */
759 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
760 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
763 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
766 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
770 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
771 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
773 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
774 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
777 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
778 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
780 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
781 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
782 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
784 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
785 against any other section. */
791 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
792 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
793 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
794 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
798 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
799 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
800 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
802 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
804 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
806 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
808 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
809 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
810 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
811 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
812 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
814 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
816 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
818 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
819 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
822 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
824 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
825 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
826 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
829 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
830 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
833 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which
834 we must account for in our count. Unless there weren't any
835 symbols, which means we'll have no table at all. */
836 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
839 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
843 /* Merge st_other field. */
846 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
847 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
848 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
850 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
852 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
853 code might be needed here. */
854 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
855 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
860 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
861 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
863 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
864 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
865 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
866 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
869 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
870 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
871 h
->protected_def
= 1;
874 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
875 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
876 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
877 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
878 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
879 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
880 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
881 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
882 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
883 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
884 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
885 type or size does change. */
888 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
889 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
891 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
894 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
896 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
897 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
899 bfd_boolean
*override
,
900 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
901 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
)
903 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
904 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
905 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
906 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
909 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
910 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
911 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
917 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
919 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
920 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
922 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
923 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
928 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
930 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
931 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
933 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
934 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
935 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
937 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
942 switch (h
->root
.type
)
947 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
948 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
949 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
952 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
953 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
954 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
955 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
958 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
959 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
960 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
962 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
965 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
968 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
969 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
970 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
971 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
973 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
975 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
976 if we are doing an ELF link. */
977 if (!(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
980 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
981 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
983 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
985 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
986 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
988 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
990 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
991 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
992 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
993 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
994 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
995 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
996 reference to the executable symbol. */
999 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1001 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1003 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1004 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1010 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1014 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1015 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1016 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1018 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1024 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1025 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1026 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1027 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1028 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1029 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1031 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1032 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1033 || !h
->def_regular
))
1038 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1039 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1041 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1042 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1043 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1046 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1047 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1049 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1051 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1052 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1053 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1055 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1056 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1058 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1059 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1061 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1062 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1064 /* When we try to create a default indirect symbol from the dynamic
1065 definition with the default version, we skip it if its type and
1066 the type of existing regular definition mismatch. */
1067 if (pold_alignment
== NULL
1071 && (((olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1072 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1073 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1074 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1075 && !(newfunc
&& oldfunc
))
1077 && ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
1078 != (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))))
1084 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1085 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1086 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1088 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1089 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1090 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1091 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1094 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1095 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1097 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1117 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1118 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1119 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1120 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1121 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1122 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1123 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1124 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1125 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1127 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1128 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1129 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1130 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1132 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1133 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1134 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1135 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1137 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1141 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1142 definition from a dynamic object. */
1144 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1145 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1148 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1150 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1151 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1152 recorded as dynamic.
1154 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1155 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1156 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1161 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1164 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1165 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1166 object, we remove the old definition. */
1167 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1169 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1170 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1171 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1172 was referenced before. */
1175 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1176 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1177 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1179 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1180 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1182 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1183 any dynamic link state. */
1184 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1185 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1192 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1202 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1203 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1204 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1205 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1206 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1207 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1208 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1209 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1211 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1212 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1216 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1217 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1220 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1222 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1223 any dynamic link state. */
1224 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1225 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1231 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1237 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1238 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1239 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1240 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1241 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1242 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1243 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1245 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1246 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1248 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1250 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1253 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1254 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1255 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1257 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1258 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1259 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1264 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1265 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1267 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1268 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1271 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1272 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1274 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1275 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1276 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1277 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1278 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1279 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1280 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1281 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1282 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1283 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1284 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1287 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1288 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1290 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1291 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1292 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1293 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1294 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1300 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1301 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1304 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1306 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1310 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1312 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1313 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1316 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1318 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1320 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1321 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1322 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1324 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1329 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1330 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1335 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1337 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1338 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1339 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1340 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1341 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1343 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1344 (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1347 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1348 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1350 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1353 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1354 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1355 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1356 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1357 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1358 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1360 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1361 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1362 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1363 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1364 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1365 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1370 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1371 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1375 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1377 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1378 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1380 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1381 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1382 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1383 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1384 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1386 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1387 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1390 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1391 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1392 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1393 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1397 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1401 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1402 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1403 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1404 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1407 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1408 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1410 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1411 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1412 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1413 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1419 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1420 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1422 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1423 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1424 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1428 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1433 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1434 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1435 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1436 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1437 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1439 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1440 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1441 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1446 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1447 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1452 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1453 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1456 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1457 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1458 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1461 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1463 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1464 overriding a function. */
1466 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1470 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1471 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1474 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1476 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1479 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1482 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1483 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1484 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1485 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1488 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1489 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1490 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1491 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1492 in the shared library. */
1495 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1498 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1499 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1500 or the alignment. */
1501 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1502 (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1505 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1506 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1508 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1511 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1512 in the dynamic object. */
1513 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1514 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1517 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1519 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1520 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1522 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1523 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1525 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1528 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1533 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1534 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1535 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1536 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1537 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1538 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1539 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1540 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1544 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1551 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1552 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1553 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1554 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1557 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1558 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1559 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1561 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1565 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1567 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1568 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1571 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1572 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1573 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1574 bfd_boolean collect
;
1575 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1576 bfd_boolean override
;
1578 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1581 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1582 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1583 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1584 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1585 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1586 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1589 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1590 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1591 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1593 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1594 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1595 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1597 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1598 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1600 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1601 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1602 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1603 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1604 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1605 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1607 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1608 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1609 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1618 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1619 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
, bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1620 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1622 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1626 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1627 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1628 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1629 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1630 name, and it is the default version.
1632 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1633 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1634 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1636 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1637 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1638 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1639 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1640 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1641 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1642 definition in the regular object. */
1644 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1645 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1646 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1648 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1649 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1653 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1657 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1662 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1663 other fields correctly. */
1667 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1668 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1669 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1671 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1672 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1673 the user in that case. */
1675 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1677 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1679 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1680 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1682 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
1683 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
1684 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
1685 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1686 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
1688 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1694 if (! info
->executable
1701 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1707 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1711 len
= strlen (name
);
1712 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1713 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1715 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1716 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1718 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1719 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1720 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1722 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1723 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1724 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1732 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1733 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1734 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1735 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1736 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1737 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1738 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1744 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1745 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1746 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1748 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1750 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1751 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1752 to the user in that case. */
1754 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1756 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
1757 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1758 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
1760 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
1766 if (! info
->executable
1772 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1782 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
1783 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1786 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1788 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1790 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
1791 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1794 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
1795 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
1798 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
1799 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
1800 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
1801 h
->root
.root
.string
))
1803 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
1813 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
1814 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
1815 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
1816 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1819 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1822 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
1823 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1824 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1827 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
1832 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
1833 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1834 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
1837 /* See if we already know about this version. */
1838 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1842 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1845 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1846 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
1852 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
1857 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1860 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1864 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
1865 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1866 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
1870 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1873 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1877 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
1878 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
1879 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
1881 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
1883 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
1884 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
1886 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
1889 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
1896 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
1897 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
1898 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
1899 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1902 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1904 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
1905 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1906 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1907 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
1911 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1914 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
1917 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
1920 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1924 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
1926 if (!h
->def_regular
)
1929 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
1930 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1931 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
1933 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1938 /* There are two consecutive ELF_VER_CHR characters if this is
1939 not a hidden symbol. */
1941 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
1947 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
1955 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
1956 for (t
= sinfo
->info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1958 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
1962 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1964 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
1965 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
1968 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1971 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
1972 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
1973 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
1974 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
1976 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1980 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1981 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
1983 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
1985 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1987 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
1990 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
1991 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1999 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2000 version node for this version. */
2001 if (t
== NULL
&& info
->executable
)
2003 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2006 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2007 to worry about it. */
2008 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2012 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2015 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2020 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2024 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2025 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2026 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2028 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2032 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2036 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2040 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2041 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2042 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2043 (_("%B: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2044 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2045 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2046 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2054 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2056 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2061 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2062 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2063 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2064 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2070 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2071 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2072 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2073 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2074 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2075 relocations should be stored.
2077 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2080 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2082 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2083 void *external_relocs
,
2084 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2086 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2087 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2088 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2089 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2090 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2091 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2094 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2095 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2098 /* Read the relocations. */
2099 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2102 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2103 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2105 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2107 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2108 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2109 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2110 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2111 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2114 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2118 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2119 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2120 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2121 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2125 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2126 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2127 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2131 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2133 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2134 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
2135 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
2137 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2138 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2142 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2144 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2145 (_("%B: non-zero symbol index (0x%lx) for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"
2146 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2148 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2149 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2152 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2153 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2159 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2160 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2161 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2162 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2163 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2164 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2165 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2166 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2167 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2170 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2172 void *external_relocs
,
2173 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2174 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2176 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2177 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2178 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2179 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2180 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2182 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2183 return esdo
->relocs
;
2185 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2188 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2192 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
2193 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2195 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2197 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2198 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2202 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2204 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2207 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2209 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2211 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2214 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2217 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2220 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2224 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2225 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2226 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2227 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2231 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2233 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2236 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2238 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2243 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2244 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2246 return internal_relocs
;
2254 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2261 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2262 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2265 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2266 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2268 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2270 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2271 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2273 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2274 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2275 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2276 we zero the allocated space. */
2277 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2278 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2281 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2283 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2285 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2286 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2290 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2296 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2297 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2301 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2302 asection
*input_section
,
2303 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2304 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2305 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2308 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2309 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2311 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2312 asection
*output_section
;
2313 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2314 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2315 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2317 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2319 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2320 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2321 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2323 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2324 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2326 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2327 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2329 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2330 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2334 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2335 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2336 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2337 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2341 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2342 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2343 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2344 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2345 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2346 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2348 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2349 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2350 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2353 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2355 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2360 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2363 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2364 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2368 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2369 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2374 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2375 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2376 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2377 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2378 the face of future changes. */
2381 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2382 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2384 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2386 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2387 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2388 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2389 an ELF dynamic object. */
2392 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2393 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2395 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2396 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2399 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2403 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2404 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2405 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2408 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2414 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2418 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2427 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2428 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2429 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2430 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2431 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2432 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2433 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2434 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2436 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2437 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2438 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2439 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2440 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2444 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2445 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2446 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2447 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2450 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2451 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2452 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2453 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2454 flag will not have been set. */
2455 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2459 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2462 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2463 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2464 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2465 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2466 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2467 will force it local. */
2469 && eif
->info
->shared
2470 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2471 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2472 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2475 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2477 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2478 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2479 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2482 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2483 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2484 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2485 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2486 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2488 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2489 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2490 over to the real definition. */
2491 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2493 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2494 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2495 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2496 if (h
->u
.weakdef
->def_regular
)
2497 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2500 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2502 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2503 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2505 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2506 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2507 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2508 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2509 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2510 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
, h
);
2517 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2518 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2522 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2524 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2526 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2528 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2531 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2532 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2535 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2536 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2539 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2540 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2541 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2542 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2543 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2544 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2545 referenced by another one? */
2547 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2551 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2553 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2557 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2558 can happen via a recursive call. */
2559 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2562 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2563 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2564 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2565 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2566 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2568 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2569 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2570 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2571 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2573 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2574 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2575 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2576 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2577 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2578 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2579 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2582 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2583 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2584 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2585 extern int timezone;
2587 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2588 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2589 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2590 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2591 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2592 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2593 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2594 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2596 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2598 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
2599 H->U.WEAKDEF by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
2600 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2602 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
2603 H->U.WEAKDEF before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
2604 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2608 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2609 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2610 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2611 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2612 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2614 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2616 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2617 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2618 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2620 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2621 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2623 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2632 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2636 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2637 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2640 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2642 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2644 /* The section aligment of definition is the maximum alignment
2645 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2646 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2647 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2648 for the minimum alignment. */
2649 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
2650 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
2651 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
2657 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
2660 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
2661 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
2666 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
2667 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
2669 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
2670 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
2671 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
2673 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
2674 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
2676 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
2677 if (h
->protected_def
2678 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
2679 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
2680 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
2681 info
->callbacks
->einfo
2682 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%T' is dangerous\n"),
2683 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2688 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2689 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2692 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2696 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2697 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2698 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2699 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2701 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
2703 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2704 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2705 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2706 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2707 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2713 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2714 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2715 considered to bind dynamically. */
2718 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2719 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2720 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
2722 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2723 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2724 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2729 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2730 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2731 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2733 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2734 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2736 if (h
->forced_local
)
2739 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2740 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2741 binding_stays_local_p
= info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
);
2743 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2750 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2751 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2754 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2756 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2757 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2758 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
2759 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2760 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
2767 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
2768 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2771 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
2772 us that it remains local. */
2773 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
2776 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2777 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
2778 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
2779 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
2780 for the place where forced_local and dynindx == -1 are tested. If
2781 either of those tests are true, _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say
2782 the symbol is local, while _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say
2783 the symbol is local only for defined symbols.
2784 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
2785 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
2786 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
2787 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
2790 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2791 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2792 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
2794 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2795 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2797 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
2801 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
2802 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
2803 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
2806 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
2807 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
2808 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2810 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
2811 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
2812 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
2815 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
2816 if (h
->forced_local
)
2819 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
2820 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2823 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
2824 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
2825 shared libraries. */
2826 if (info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
2829 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
2830 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
2831 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
2834 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2835 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2838 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2840 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
2841 symbols are local. */
2842 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
2843 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
2844 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
2845 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2848 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
2849 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
2850 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
2851 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
2852 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
2853 return local_protected
;
2856 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
2857 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
2859 struct bfd_section
*
2860 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2862 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
2863 unsigned int align
= 0;
2865 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2866 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2870 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
2871 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
2872 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
2874 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
2876 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
2877 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
2879 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
2884 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
2886 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2887 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
2889 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2891 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
2892 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
2893 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
2896 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2897 /* Function symbols do not count. */
2898 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
2901 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
2902 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
2905 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
2906 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
2907 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
2910 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
2911 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
2912 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
2913 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
2915 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
2917 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
2918 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
2919 in the same way that it used to do. */
2925 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
2926 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
2927 the symbol is defined in this element. */
2929 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
2931 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
2932 bfd_size_type symcount
;
2933 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
2934 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
2935 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
2936 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
2937 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
2940 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
2944 /* Return FALSE if the object has been claimed by plugin. */
2945 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
)
2948 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
2951 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. */
2952 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2953 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2955 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2957 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2959 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
2960 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
2961 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
2963 extsymcount
= symcount
;
2968 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
2969 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
2972 if (extsymcount
== 0)
2975 /* Read in the symbol table. */
2976 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
2978 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
2981 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
2983 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
2987 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
2992 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
2994 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3004 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3007 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3011 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3012 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3014 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3015 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3016 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3018 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3019 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3022 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3023 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3024 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3026 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3027 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3028 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3032 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3033 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3036 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3041 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3042 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3043 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3046 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3047 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3051 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3052 bfd_size_type strindex
;
3054 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3057 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3058 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3059 if (strindex
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3062 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3065 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3068 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3069 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3071 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3072 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3073 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3075 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3077 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3078 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3079 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3081 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3089 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3092 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3096 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3097 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3103 on_needed_list (const char *soname
, struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
)
3105 for (; needed
!= NULL
; needed
= needed
->next
)
3106 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (needed
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3107 && strcmp (soname
, needed
->name
) == 0)
3113 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3115 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3117 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3118 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3119 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3121 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3122 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3123 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3125 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3128 long sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3130 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3132 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3133 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3136 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3137 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3140 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3142 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3144 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3145 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3149 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3153 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3155 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3156 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3157 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3158 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3161 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3164 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3165 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3167 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3168 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3169 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3171 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3172 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3173 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3174 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3176 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3178 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3182 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3192 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3197 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3200 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3201 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3202 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3203 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3205 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3206 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3208 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3209 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3214 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3215 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3217 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3221 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3223 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3224 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3226 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3228 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3229 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3230 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3232 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3233 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3234 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3237 while (def
.vd_next
);
3240 /* Adjust version references. */
3241 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3246 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3247 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3249 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3253 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3255 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3256 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3257 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3258 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3259 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3261 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3262 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3263 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3265 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3267 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3268 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3271 while (need
.vn_next
);
3277 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3278 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3282 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3283 const bfd_target
*output
)
3285 return input
== output
;
3288 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3289 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3290 are virtually identical. */
3293 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3294 const bfd_target
*output
)
3296 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3298 if (input
== output
)
3301 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3302 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3304 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3307 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3308 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3311 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3312 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3313 processing the lib. */
3316 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3317 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3318 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3320 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3323 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3326 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3328 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3329 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3330 bfd_size_type symcount
;
3331 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
3332 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
3333 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3334 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3335 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3336 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3337 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3338 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3339 bfd_size_type nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3340 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3341 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3342 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3343 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3344 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3345 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3347 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3348 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3349 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3350 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3351 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3353 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3354 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3355 long old_dynsymcount
= 0;
3356 bfd_size_type old_dynstr_size
= 0;
3359 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3361 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3362 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3364 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3370 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3371 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3372 the format of the output file. */
3373 if (info
->relocatable
3374 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3375 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3377 if (info
->relocatable
)
3378 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3380 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3385 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3386 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3387 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3388 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3389 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3390 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3391 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3392 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3393 (_("%P: alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %B, expecting %d\n"),
3394 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3396 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3397 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3398 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3399 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3400 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3401 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3405 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3406 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3411 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3413 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3414 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3415 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3416 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3417 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3418 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3419 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3420 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3424 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3426 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3428 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3430 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3431 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3436 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3440 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3445 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3446 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3447 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3450 if (!info
->relocatable
&& info
->executable
)
3452 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3453 not get copied into the output file. */
3456 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3457 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3458 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3463 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3464 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3469 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3470 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3471 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3472 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. FIXME: If there
3473 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3474 make a shared library. */
3477 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3478 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3479 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3481 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3485 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3489 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3491 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3494 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3495 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3499 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3500 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3501 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3502 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3503 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3504 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3506 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3507 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3508 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3510 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3515 unsigned int elfsec
;
3516 unsigned long shlink
;
3518 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3525 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3526 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3527 goto error_free_dyn
;
3528 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3530 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3531 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3532 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3534 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3536 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3537 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3539 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3540 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3542 goto error_free_dyn
;
3544 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3546 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3548 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3550 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3551 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3552 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3553 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3554 goto error_free_dyn
;
3555 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3556 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3558 goto error_free_dyn
;
3559 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3563 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3567 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3569 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3571 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3573 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3574 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3575 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3576 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3577 goto error_free_dyn
;
3578 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3579 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3581 goto error_free_dyn
;
3582 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3586 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3592 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3593 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3595 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3597 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3599 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3600 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3601 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3602 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3603 goto error_free_dyn
;
3604 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3605 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3607 goto error_free_dyn
;
3608 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3618 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
3620 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3621 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3628 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3629 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3635 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3636 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3641 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3642 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3643 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3644 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3645 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3646 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3648 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3650 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
3651 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
3652 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
3653 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
3655 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3657 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3658 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3659 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
3662 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
3663 will need to know it. */
3664 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
3666 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
3670 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
3671 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
3672 particular dynamic object more than once. */
3676 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
3677 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
3680 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
3681 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
3682 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
3683 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
3685 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3686 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3688 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3690 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3692 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3693 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
3695 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3697 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3702 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3703 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3706 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
3707 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
3709 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3711 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3714 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3716 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
3718 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3719 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3720 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3721 goto error_free_sym
;
3722 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
3728 /* Read in any version definitions. */
3729 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
3730 info
->default_imported_symver
))
3731 goto error_free_sym
;
3733 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
3734 to internal format. */
3735 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
3737 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
3739 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
3740 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
3741 if (extversym
== NULL
)
3742 goto error_free_sym
;
3743 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
3744 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3745 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
3746 goto error_free_vers
;
3750 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
3751 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
3752 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
3753 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
3758 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3760 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3761 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3763 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3765 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3766 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3767 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3768 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3772 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
3773 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
3774 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
3775 goto error_free_vers
;
3777 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
3778 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
3779 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
3780 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
3781 goto error_free_vers
;
3783 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
3784 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
3785 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
3786 goto error_free_vers
;
3788 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
3789 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
3790 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
3791 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
3792 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
3793 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
3794 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
3795 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
3796 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
3797 old_dynsymcount
= htab
->dynsymcount
;
3798 old_dynstr_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (htab
->dynstr
);
3800 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3802 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3803 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3805 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3807 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3808 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3809 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3810 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3812 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3813 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3820 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
3821 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
3823 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
3827 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
3830 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3831 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
3832 bfd_boolean definition
;
3833 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
3834 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
3835 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
3836 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
3837 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
3838 bfd_boolean override
;
3840 unsigned int old_alignment
;
3845 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
3847 value
= isym
->st_value
;
3848 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
3850 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
3854 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
3855 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
3856 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
3861 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
3869 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
3870 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
3874 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3878 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3879 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3880 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
3881 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3882 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
3884 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
3885 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
3886 calls the value we call the alignment. */
3887 value
= isym
->st_size
;
3891 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3893 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3894 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
3896 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
3898 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3899 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
3901 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
3905 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3908 goto error_free_vers
;
3910 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3911 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
3913 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
3917 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
3919 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
3921 goto error_free_vers
;
3925 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3926 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
3927 && !info
->relocatable
)
3929 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
3933 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
3934 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3935 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
3937 goto error_free_vers
;
3941 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
3943 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
3945 goto error_free_vers
;
3947 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
3948 should be skipped for some reason. */
3953 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
3956 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3957 goto error_free_vers
;
3960 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
3961 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
3962 for this executable. */
3963 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
3964 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
3967 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
3968 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
3973 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
3974 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
3980 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3982 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
3983 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
3988 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
3989 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
3990 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3995 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
3997 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
3999 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4000 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4001 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4002 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4003 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4004 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4006 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4007 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4010 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4013 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4015 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4017 else if (vernum
> 1)
4019 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4025 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4026 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4028 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4029 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4030 goto error_free_vers
;
4035 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4036 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4037 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4039 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4042 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4046 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4048 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4050 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4052 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4061 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4062 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4063 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4064 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4065 goto error_free_vers
;
4069 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4070 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4071 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4072 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4073 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4076 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4077 if (newname
== NULL
)
4078 goto error_free_vers
;
4079 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4080 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4082 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4083 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4084 default version of the symbol. */
4085 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4086 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4088 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4093 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4094 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4098 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4099 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4100 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4102 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4103 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4104 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4105 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
4106 goto error_free_vers
;
4115 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4116 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4117 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4119 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4122 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4125 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4126 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4127 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4128 goto error_free_vers
;
4131 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4134 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4135 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4136 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4140 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4141 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
4145 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4146 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4147 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
4149 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4150 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
4151 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
4152 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4153 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4154 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4155 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4156 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
4157 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4158 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4159 definition anyhow. */
4161 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
4166 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4167 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4168 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4173 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4176 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4177 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4178 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4180 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4181 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4183 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4186 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4188 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4189 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4190 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4191 object and a shared object. */
4192 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4194 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4195 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4196 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4203 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4204 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4216 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4217 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4218 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4219 && (! info
->executable
4229 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4234 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4237 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4238 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4239 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4242 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4244 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1)))
4248 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4249 the default name. */
4251 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4252 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4253 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4254 goto error_free_vers
;
4256 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4257 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4258 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4259 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4260 alignment is maintained. */
4261 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4262 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4264 unsigned int common_align
;
4265 unsigned int normal_align
;
4266 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4270 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4271 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4273 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4274 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4275 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
4277 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4278 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4279 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4282 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4286 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4287 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4292 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4294 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4297 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4299 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4300 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4301 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4302 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B is"
4303 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
4304 common_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
4305 1 << common_align
, name
, 1 << normal_align
);
4307 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4308 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4309 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4310 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
4311 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
4315 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4316 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4317 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4318 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4321 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4322 && ! size_change_ok
)
4323 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4324 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4325 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
4327 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
4328 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
4330 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4333 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4334 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4335 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4336 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4337 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4339 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4340 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4342 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4343 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4344 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4345 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4347 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4349 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4351 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4352 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4355 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4357 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4358 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4359 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4360 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4361 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, type
);
4367 /* Merge st_other field. */
4368 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
4370 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4371 if (definition
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) && !info
->relocatable
)
4374 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4375 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4380 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4381 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4384 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4386 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4387 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4389 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4390 aliases can be checked. */
4393 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4394 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4396 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4398 goto error_free_vers
;
4400 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4404 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4406 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4407 goto error_free_vers
;
4408 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4410 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4412 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4413 goto error_free_vers
;
4416 else if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4417 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4418 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4420 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4424 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4429 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd. */
4433 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4435 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
4436 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
4437 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4438 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
), htab
->needed
))))
4441 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4443 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
4444 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4446 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4447 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4448 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4449 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
4452 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4454 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4455 (_("%B: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
4457 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
4458 goto error_free_vers
;
4461 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
4462 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
4465 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4467 goto error_free_vers
;
4469 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4474 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4480 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4486 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4490 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4491 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4492 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
4493 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4494 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4495 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4496 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4497 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4498 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4499 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4500 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore_size (htab
->dynstr
, old_dynstr_size
);
4501 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4503 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4504 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4506 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4508 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4510 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4511 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4512 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4513 if (h
->dynindx
>= old_dynsymcount
4514 && h
->dynstr_index
< old_dynstr_size
)
4515 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
4517 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
4518 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
4519 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
4521 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4523 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4524 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4529 alignment_power
= 0;
4531 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4532 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4533 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4534 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4536 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4537 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4538 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4540 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4542 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
4543 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
4544 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
4545 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
4550 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4551 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4552 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
4553 goto error_free_vers
;
4556 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
4558 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4559 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4563 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4565 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
4566 goto error_free_vers
;
4571 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, handle
4572 .symver foo, foo@BAR such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4573 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4575 bfd_size_type cnt
, symidx
;
4577 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4579 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4580 char *shortname
, *p
;
4582 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4584 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4585 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4588 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4589 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4591 goto error_free_vers
;
4592 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4593 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4595 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4596 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
4597 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4599 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4600 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4601 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4603 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4604 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4605 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4606 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
4607 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4609 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4610 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4612 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
4618 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4619 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
4622 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
4623 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
4624 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
4625 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
4626 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
4627 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
4628 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
4629 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
4630 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
4631 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
4632 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
4633 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
4637 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
4638 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
4639 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
4640 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4643 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
4644 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
4645 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
4646 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4647 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4648 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
4650 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
4651 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4652 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
4654 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
4658 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4659 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
4667 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
4668 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
4671 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
4673 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
4676 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
4679 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
4680 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
4682 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4683 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
4684 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
4685 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
4686 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4687 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4693 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
4695 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4696 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4703 long sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
4713 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
4717 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
4718 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
4719 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
4720 one past the matching symbol(s). */
4723 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4724 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
4725 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
4729 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
4730 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
4731 the largest size. */
4734 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4736 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
4737 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
4738 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
4740 else if (h
!= hlook
)
4742 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
4744 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
4745 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
4747 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
4749 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4752 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4757 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
4758 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
4759 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
4760 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
4761 real definition and the weak definition. */
4762 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
4764 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
4765 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
4772 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4775 if (bed
->check_directives
4776 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
4779 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
4780 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
4783 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
4784 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
4785 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
4786 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
4787 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
4788 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
4789 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
4790 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
4791 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
4792 This would be a good case for using mmap.
4794 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
4795 different format. It probably can't be done. */
4797 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4798 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
4799 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
4800 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
4804 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4806 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
4809 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
4810 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
4811 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
4812 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
4813 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
4816 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
4818 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
4821 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
4823 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
4824 free (internal_relocs
);
4831 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
4832 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
4834 && ! info
->traditional_format
4835 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4836 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
4840 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
4841 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
4843 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
4846 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
4847 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
4848 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
4849 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
4850 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
4851 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
4853 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
4855 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
4856 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
4857 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
4860 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
4861 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
4866 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
4868 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
4869 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
4871 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
4875 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
4882 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4884 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4885 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4886 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4889 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4895 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
4896 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
4898 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4899 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4900 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4903 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4907 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4911 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
4912 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
4913 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
4914 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
4916 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4917 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4920 /* First check with only one `@'. */
4921 len
= strlen (name
);
4922 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
4924 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
4926 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
4927 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
4928 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
4930 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4933 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
4935 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
4936 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
4937 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4940 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
4944 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
4945 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
4946 handle versioned symbols.
4948 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
4949 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
4950 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
4951 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
4954 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
4955 table until nothing further is resolved. */
4958 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4961 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
4965 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4966 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
4967 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
4969 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
4971 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
4972 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
4974 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
4978 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
4979 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
4980 second and subsequent passes. */
4981 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
4985 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
4986 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4987 if (included
== NULL
)
4990 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
4991 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4992 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5005 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5006 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5008 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5010 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5015 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5021 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5022 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
5028 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5030 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5031 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5032 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5033 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5036 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5037 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5038 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5039 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5040 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5042 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5045 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5047 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5048 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5053 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5054 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5055 if (element
== NULL
)
5058 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5061 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5063 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5064 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5066 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5069 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5070 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5071 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5072 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5073 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5074 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5075 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5076 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5079 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5080 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5084 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5089 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5091 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5092 on through the loop. */
5093 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5103 if (included
!= NULL
)
5108 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5112 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5114 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5117 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5119 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5121 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5126 struct hash_codes_info
5128 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5132 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5133 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5136 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5138 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5144 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5145 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5148 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5149 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5152 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5158 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5159 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5163 /* Compute the hash value. */
5164 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5166 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5167 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5169 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5171 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5179 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5182 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5183 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5184 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5185 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5186 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5187 unsigned long int *indx
;
5188 unsigned long int *counts
;
5191 long int min_dynindx
;
5192 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5193 unsigned long int symindx
;
5194 long int local_indx
;
5195 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5196 unsigned long int mask
;
5200 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5201 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5204 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5206 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5212 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5213 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5216 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5217 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5220 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5221 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5224 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5230 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5231 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5235 /* Compute the hash value. */
5236 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5238 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5239 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5240 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5241 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5243 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5244 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5252 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5253 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5256 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5258 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5259 unsigned long int bucket
;
5260 unsigned long int val
;
5262 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5263 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5266 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5267 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5269 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5270 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5274 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5275 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5276 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5277 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5279 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5280 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5281 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5282 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5284 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5285 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5286 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5287 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5291 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5294 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5296 return !(h
->forced_local
5297 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5298 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5299 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5300 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5301 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5304 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5305 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5306 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5307 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5308 than 32771 buckets. */
5310 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5312 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5316 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5317 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5318 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5319 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5320 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5321 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5322 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5323 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5325 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5326 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5327 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5330 size_t best_size
= 0;
5331 unsigned long int i
;
5333 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5334 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5335 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5336 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5341 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5342 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5343 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5344 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5345 unsigned long int *counts
;
5347 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5349 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5350 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5352 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5355 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5360 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5364 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5365 since the size could be large. */
5367 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5368 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5372 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5373 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5375 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5377 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5378 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5379 unsigned long int j
;
5380 unsigned long int fact
;
5382 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5385 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5387 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5388 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5389 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5391 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5392 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5393 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5394 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5395 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5396 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5397 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5400 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5402 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5405 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5406 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5407 over a few long chains). */
5408 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5409 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5411 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5412 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5415 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5416 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5417 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5418 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5419 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5421 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5422 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5423 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5427 /* Compare with current best results. */
5428 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5432 no_improvement_count
= 0;
5434 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
5435 when there are a large number of symbols. */
5436 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
5443 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5445 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5446 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5447 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5448 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5450 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5451 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5454 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5461 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
5464 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5468 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5469 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
5470 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
5475 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
5476 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
5477 undefined it is initialized. */
5480 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5481 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5482 const char *legacy_symbol
,
5483 bfd_vma default_size
)
5485 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5487 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
5489 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
5490 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5491 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5492 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5494 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
5496 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
5497 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5498 if (info
->stacksize
)
5499 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: stack size specified and %s set"),
5500 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5501 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5502 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: %s not absolute"),
5503 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5505 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5508 if (!info
->stacksize
)
5509 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
5510 size, set it now. */
5511 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
5513 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
5514 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5515 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5517 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
5519 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5520 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
5521 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5522 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
5523 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5526 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5528 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5534 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5535 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5536 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5537 addresses of the various sections. */
5540 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5543 const char *filter_shlib
,
5545 const char *depaudit
,
5546 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5547 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5548 asection
**sinterpptr
)
5550 bfd_size_type soname_indx
;
5552 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5553 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
5557 soname_indx
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
5559 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5562 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5564 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
5565 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
5566 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
5567 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
5568 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
5569 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
5571 if (info
->relocatable
5572 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
5575 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
5576 we're dynamic or not. */
5577 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
5578 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5581 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
5582 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
5583 if (info
->execstack
)
5584 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
5585 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
5586 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
5590 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
5593 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
5595 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
5600 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
5602 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
5605 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
5609 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
5612 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
5613 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
5614 if (notesec
&& exec
&& info
->relocatable
5615 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5616 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
5619 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5621 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5623 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
5624 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5626 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5627 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
5629 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
5631 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
5632 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !info
->executable
);
5636 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5638 if (soname_indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5639 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
5645 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
5647 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
5655 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
5657 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5660 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
5661 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
5665 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
5669 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5670 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
5671 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5672 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
5676 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
5678 const char * const *p
;
5680 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
5684 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5686 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5687 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
5696 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
5698 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5699 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
5703 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
5707 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
5709 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5710 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
5717 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
5718 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
5719 if (info
->export_dynamic
5720 || (info
->executable
&& info
->dynamic
))
5722 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5723 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
5729 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
5730 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5731 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5732 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
5734 const char *verstr
, *name
;
5735 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
5736 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
5737 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
5739 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
5741 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
5743 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
5744 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
5746 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
5747 if (newname
== NULL
)
5749 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
5750 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
5752 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
5753 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
5755 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5756 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5757 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5760 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5761 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5763 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
5765 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5766 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5767 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5772 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
5773 not defined in a shared object. */
5775 && !newh
->def_dynamic
5776 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5777 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5781 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
5782 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
5783 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
5785 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5786 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
5791 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
5793 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
5795 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5796 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5797 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
5799 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5800 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
5801 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
5802 all_defined
= FALSE
;
5807 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5812 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
5813 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
5814 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5815 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
5820 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
5821 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
5822 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
5824 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
5825 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
5826 h
= (info
->init_function
5827 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5828 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
5835 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
5838 h
= (info
->fini_function
5839 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5840 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
5847 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
5851 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
5852 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5854 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
5855 if (! info
->executable
)
5860 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
5861 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
5862 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5863 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5864 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
5865 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
5867 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5868 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
5873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5877 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5878 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5881 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
5882 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5884 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5885 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5888 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
5889 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5891 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
5892 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5896 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
5897 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
5898 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
5899 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
5900 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
5901 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5903 bfd_size_type strsize
;
5905 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
5906 if ((info
->emit_hash
5907 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
5908 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
5909 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
5910 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
5911 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
5912 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
5913 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
5914 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
5919 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
5922 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
5923 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5926 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
5929 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5931 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
5932 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
5935 /* Set up the version definition section. */
5936 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
5937 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5939 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
5940 just linking a regular application. */
5941 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
5943 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
5944 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
5945 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
5947 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
5948 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5953 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5955 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
5956 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
5957 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5958 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5964 /* Make space for the base version. */
5965 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5966 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5969 /* Make space for the default version. */
5970 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5972 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5976 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5978 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
5980 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
5984 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5985 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5988 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5989 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5993 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5994 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5997 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6001 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6002 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6005 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6007 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6008 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6012 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6013 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6014 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6017 if (soname_indx
!= (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6019 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6021 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6022 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6029 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6030 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6031 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6033 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6035 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6037 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6039 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6040 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6041 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6042 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6044 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6046 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6047 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6049 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6051 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6054 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6055 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6057 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6060 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6061 aux block, but different flags. */
6064 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6066 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6067 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6070 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6071 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6072 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6074 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6075 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6076 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6078 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6081 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6083 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6088 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6091 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6093 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6094 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6096 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6098 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6101 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6102 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6104 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6107 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6109 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6110 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6112 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6113 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6114 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6115 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6116 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6119 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6120 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6121 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6122 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6124 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6125 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6126 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6128 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6129 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6130 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6132 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6133 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6135 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6136 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6137 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6138 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6140 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6141 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6142 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6144 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6146 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6148 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6150 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6154 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6155 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6158 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6159 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6161 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6163 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6164 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6165 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6169 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6170 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
6173 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6176 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6178 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6181 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6183 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6189 if (info
->executable
)
6190 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6193 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6197 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6199 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6200 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6202 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6205 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6206 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6208 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6210 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6211 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6216 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6217 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6220 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
6225 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6228 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6232 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6234 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6236 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6237 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6241 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6242 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6246 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6251 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6255 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6258 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6260 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6261 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6262 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
6263 : lbasename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6265 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6268 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6269 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6272 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6273 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6275 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
6276 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6277 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6279 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6281 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6282 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6283 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6284 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6287 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6290 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6292 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6293 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6294 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6298 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6299 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6302 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6306 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6307 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6308 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6309 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
6311 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6312 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6318 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6319 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6321 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6325 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6326 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6327 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6329 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6334 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6335 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6337 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6341 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6342 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6343 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6344 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6345 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6347 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6351 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6352 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6353 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6354 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6356 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6360 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6361 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6362 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6366 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6368 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6370 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6373 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6374 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6376 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6380 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
6381 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6382 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6384 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6386 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
6387 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
6388 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
6389 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
6391 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6392 §ion_sym_count
);
6394 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6395 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6396 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6397 if (dynsymcount
!= 0
6398 && (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
6400 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
6401 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6402 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6405 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
6409 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
6410 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
6411 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
6412 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
6413 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
6414 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
6415 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
6416 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6417 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6419 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
6421 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6422 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6425 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol.
6426 Clear all the section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
6427 ++section_sym_count
;
6428 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6431 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
6433 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
6434 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
6435 if (info
->emit_hash
)
6437 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
6438 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
6440 unsigned long int nsyms
;
6442 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6444 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6445 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6447 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
6448 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6449 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
6451 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
6452 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
6454 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6455 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6456 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
6463 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
6465 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
6468 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6471 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6473 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
6474 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6475 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6476 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6477 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6478 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6481 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6482 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6483 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6486 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6489 unsigned char *contents
;
6490 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6494 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6496 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6497 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6499 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6500 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6501 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6504 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6505 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6506 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6509 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6510 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6511 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
6514 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6519 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
6521 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6523 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6527 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
6528 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6530 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
6532 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
6533 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
6534 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6535 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6536 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6537 if (contents
== NULL
)
6539 s
->contents
= contents
;
6540 /* 1 empty bucket. */
6541 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
6542 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
6543 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
6544 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
6545 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
6546 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
6547 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
6548 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
6549 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
6550 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
6551 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
6552 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
6556 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
6557 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
6561 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
6563 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
6565 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
6566 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
6568 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
6569 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
6571 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
6577 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
6578 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
6579 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
6580 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
6581 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
6582 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
6583 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6584 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
6586 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6590 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
6591 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
6592 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
6593 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
6595 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6596 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
6597 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
6598 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
6600 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6601 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
6603 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
6604 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
6606 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
6607 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6608 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
6610 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
6611 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6612 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6613 if (contents
== NULL
)
6615 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6616 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6620 s
->contents
= contents
;
6621 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
6622 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
6623 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
6624 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
6625 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6627 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6629 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
6630 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
6632 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
6636 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
6638 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
6639 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6640 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
6642 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
6643 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
6645 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
6647 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6650 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6651 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6655 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6656 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6658 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
6660 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6662 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
6663 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
6670 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
6673 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6676 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
6677 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
6680 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
6683 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6688 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6691 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
6692 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
6693 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
6694 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
6695 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
6697 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
6699 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6700 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
6701 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6702 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
6704 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
6705 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
6708 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
6709 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6710 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
6714 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
6716 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
6717 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
6718 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
6721 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
6725 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
6726 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
6731 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
6732 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
6735 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
6736 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
6738 /* Set local fields. */
6741 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
6742 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
6743 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
6744 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
6745 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
6746 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
6747 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
6748 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
6755 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
6756 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
6759 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6760 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
6761 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
6763 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6765 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
6766 symbol which just became indirect. */
6768 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
6769 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
6770 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
6771 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
6772 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
6773 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
6775 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6778 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
6779 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
6780 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6781 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
6783 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
6784 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
6785 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
6786 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
6789 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
6791 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
6792 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
6793 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
6794 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
6797 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
6799 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
6800 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
6801 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
6802 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
6804 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
6809 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6810 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6811 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6813 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
6814 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6816 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6821 h
->forced_local
= 1;
6822 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6825 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6831 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
6835 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
6836 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
6838 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
6839 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
6841 unsigned int entsize
,
6842 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
6845 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
6847 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6848 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6849 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6850 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6851 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
6852 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
6854 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
6856 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
6857 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
6862 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
6864 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
6865 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
6867 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
6868 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
6870 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
6874 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
6875 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
6881 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
6886 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
6889 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
6891 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6893 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
6894 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
6895 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
6896 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
6897 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
6900 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
6901 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
6902 entry for a dynamic object. */
6905 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
6907 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6908 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6909 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
6913 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
6916 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6917 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6918 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
6925 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
6927 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6928 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6929 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
6932 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
6933 the linker ELF emulation code. */
6935 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
6936 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6937 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6939 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6941 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
6944 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
6945 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
6947 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
6948 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6949 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6951 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6953 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
6956 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
6957 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
6958 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
6961 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
6963 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6964 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6965 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
6969 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
6970 the ELF linker emulation code. */
6973 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
6974 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
6977 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
6978 unsigned int elfsec
;
6979 unsigned long shlink
;
6980 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
6982 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
6986 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6987 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
6990 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
6991 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
6994 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
6997 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
6998 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7001 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7003 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7004 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7007 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7008 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7010 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7012 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7014 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7017 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7020 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7021 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7024 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7029 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7050 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7052 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7053 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7054 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7057 struct elf_symbuf_head
7059 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7060 bfd_size_type count
;
7061 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7068 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7069 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7074 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7077 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7079 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7080 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7082 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7086 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7088 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7089 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7090 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7093 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7094 elf_create_symbuf (bfd_size_type symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7096 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7097 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7098 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7099 bfd_size_type i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7101 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7105 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7106 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7107 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7110 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7111 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7114 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7115 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7116 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7119 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7120 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7121 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7122 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7128 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7129 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7130 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7131 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7132 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7134 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7137 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7138 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7139 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7141 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7142 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7143 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7146 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_size_type
) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7147 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7154 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7158 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7159 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7162 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7163 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7164 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
7165 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7166 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7167 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7168 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7169 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
7170 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7176 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7177 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7178 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7181 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7184 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7185 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7186 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7189 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7190 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7191 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7192 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7193 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7194 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7196 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7202 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7203 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7205 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7207 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7209 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7212 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7213 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7214 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7217 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7219 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7221 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7224 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7225 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7226 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7229 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7231 /* Optimized faster version. */
7232 bfd_size_type lo
, hi
, mid
;
7233 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7234 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7237 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7242 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7243 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7245 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7249 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7256 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7261 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7262 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7264 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7268 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7274 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7278 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
7280 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
7281 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7285 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7286 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7288 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7289 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7295 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7296 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7298 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7299 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7304 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7305 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7306 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7307 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7308 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7310 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7311 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7312 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7313 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7314 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7321 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7322 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7323 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7324 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7325 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7328 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7330 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7331 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7332 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7335 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7336 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7337 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7339 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7342 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7344 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7345 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7347 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7349 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7350 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7352 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7353 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7354 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7355 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7356 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7358 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7359 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7360 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7361 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7362 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7380 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
7383 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
7384 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
7388 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7389 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7392 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
7395 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
7397 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
7399 struct elf_final_link_info
7401 /* General link information. */
7402 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7405 /* Symbol string table. */
7406 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
7407 /* .dynsym section. */
7408 asection
*dynsym_sec
;
7409 /* .hash section. */
7411 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
7412 asection
*symver_sec
;
7413 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
7415 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
7416 void *external_relocs
;
7417 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
7418 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7419 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
7421 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
7422 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
7423 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
7424 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
7426 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
7427 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
7428 of any input BFD. */
7430 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
7431 symbol of any input BFD. */
7432 asection
**sections
;
7433 /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */
7435 /* And one for symbol section indices. */
7436 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
7437 /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */
7438 size_t symbuf_count
;
7439 /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */
7441 /* And same for symshndxbuf. */
7442 size_t shndxbuf_size
;
7443 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
7444 size_t filesym_count
;
7447 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
7449 struct elf_outext_info
7452 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
7453 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
7454 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
7458 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
7460 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
7461 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
7462 relocations themselves.
7464 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
7465 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
7466 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
7467 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
7469 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
7470 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
7471 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
7472 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
7475 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
7476 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
7479 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
7480 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
7484 <binary-operator> := as in C
7485 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
7488 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
7489 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7494 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7495 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7496 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
7498 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
7500 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7502 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
7503 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
7505 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
7506 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
7507 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7508 sym
->st_value
= val
;
7511 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
7515 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
7516 to "defined" and give it a value. */
7518 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
7519 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
7520 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7521 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7522 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7523 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
7524 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
7525 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
7529 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
7531 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7533 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7536 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7537 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
7538 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
7539 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7542 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7544 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
7548 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
7551 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
7552 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
7555 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
7556 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
7558 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
7560 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
7562 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
7563 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7565 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
7566 (unsigned long) *result
);
7572 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
7573 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
7574 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7578 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7579 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7581 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
7582 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
7583 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
7585 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
7586 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
7595 resolve_section (const char *name
,
7602 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7603 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
7605 *result
= curr
->vma
;
7609 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
7610 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7612 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
7613 if (len
> strlen (name
))
7616 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
7618 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
7620 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
;
7624 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
7632 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
7634 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
7639 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
7642 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7644 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7653 const char *sym
= *symp
;
7655 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
7660 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
7662 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7675 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
7679 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
7682 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
7683 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
7685 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
7687 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7691 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
7692 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
7693 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
7695 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
7696 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
7697 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
7698 section", and likewise with symbol. */
7700 if (symbol_is_section
)
7702 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
)
7703 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7704 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
7706 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
7712 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7713 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
7714 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
7717 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
7724 /* All that remains are operators. */
7726 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
7727 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7729 sym += strlen (#op); \
7733 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7734 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7737 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
7743 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
7744 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7746 sym += strlen (#op); \
7750 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7751 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7754 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7755 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7758 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
7788 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
7789 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7795 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
7796 unsigned long chunksz
,
7801 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
7803 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
7808 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7812 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7816 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7817 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
7823 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7824 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
7837 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
7838 unsigned long chunksz
,
7845 /* Sanity checks. */
7846 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
7849 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
7850 && input_bfd
!= NULL
7851 && location
!= NULL
);
7853 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
7855 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
7857 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
7858 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
7859 of the loop below. */
7863 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
7865 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
7870 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
7873 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
7876 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
7880 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
7891 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
7892 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
7893 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
7894 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
7895 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
7896 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
7897 unsigned long *signed_p
,
7898 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
7899 unsigned long encoded
)
7901 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
7902 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
7903 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
7904 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
7905 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
7906 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
7907 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
7908 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
7911 bfd_reloc_status_type
7912 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
7913 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7915 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7918 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
7919 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
7920 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7922 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
7923 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
7924 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
7925 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
7926 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
7928 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
7929 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
7930 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
7932 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
7935 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
7937 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
7939 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
7940 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7943 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
7944 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
7945 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
7946 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
7947 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
7948 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
7949 (unsigned long) relocation
);
7954 /* Now do an overflow check. */
7955 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
7956 ? complain_overflow_signed
7957 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
7958 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
7962 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
7965 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
7966 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
7967 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
7968 " result: %8.8lx\n",
7969 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
7970 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
7972 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
7973 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7977 /* qsort comparison functions sorting external relocs by r_offset. */
7980 cmp_ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
7987 const union aligned32
*a
7988 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
7989 const union aligned32
*b
7990 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
7992 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
7993 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
7994 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
7995 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
7996 uint32_t bval
= ( (uint32_t) b
->c
[0]
7997 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[1] << 8
7998 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[2] << 16
7999 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[3] << 24);
8002 else if (aval
> bval
)
8008 cmp_ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
8015 const union aligned32
*a
8016 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8017 const union aligned32
*b
8018 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
8020 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8021 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8022 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8023 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8024 uint32_t bval
= ( (uint32_t) b
->c
[0] << 24
8025 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[1] << 16
8026 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[2] << 8
8027 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[3]);
8030 else if (aval
> bval
)
8035 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8037 cmp_ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
8044 const union aligned64
*a
8045 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8046 const union aligned64
*b
8047 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
8049 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8050 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8051 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8052 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8053 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8054 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8055 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8056 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8057 uint64_t bval
= ( (uint64_t) b
->c
[0]
8058 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[1] << 8
8059 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[2] << 16
8060 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[3] << 24
8061 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[4] << 32
8062 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[5] << 40
8063 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[6] << 48
8064 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[7] << 56);
8067 else if (aval
> bval
)
8073 cmp_ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
8080 const union aligned64
*a
8081 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8082 const union aligned64
*b
8083 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
8085 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8086 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8087 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8088 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8089 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8090 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8091 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8092 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8093 uint64_t bval
= ( (uint64_t) b
->c
[0] << 56
8094 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[1] << 48
8095 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[2] << 40
8096 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[3] << 32
8097 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[4] << 24
8098 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[5] << 16
8099 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[6] << 8
8100 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[7]);
8103 else if (aval
> bval
)
8109 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8110 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8111 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8115 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8116 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8120 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8122 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8123 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8124 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8126 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8127 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8129 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8131 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8132 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8134 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8136 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8137 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8142 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8145 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8152 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8156 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8157 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8159 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8162 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8165 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8167 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8168 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8169 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8170 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8171 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8176 int (*compare
) (const void *, const void *);
8178 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8180 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8181 compare
= cmp_ext32l_r_offset
;
8182 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8183 compare
= cmp_ext32b_r_offset
;
8189 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8190 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8191 compare
= cmp_ext64l_r_offset
;
8192 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8193 compare
= cmp_ext64b_r_offset
;
8198 qsort (reldata
->hdr
->contents
, count
, reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
, compare
);
8199 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8200 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8204 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8210 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8211 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8212 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8216 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8218 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8219 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8220 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8222 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8223 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8225 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8227 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8229 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8231 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8233 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8235 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8241 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8243 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8244 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8246 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
8248 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
8250 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
8252 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
8254 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8256 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8262 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
8264 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
8267 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
8268 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
8269 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
8270 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
8271 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8272 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8273 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8274 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8275 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
8277 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
8279 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
8280 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
8281 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
8282 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
8283 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8285 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
8287 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
8288 It's initialization checking code is not perfect. */
8291 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
8292 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
8293 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8294 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8296 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8298 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8300 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8301 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8302 It is of no help to us. */
8306 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8307 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8310 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8311 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8317 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8321 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8323 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8324 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8327 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8328 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8334 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8339 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8341 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8342 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8347 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8348 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8350 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8352 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8354 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8355 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8356 It is of no help to us. */
8360 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8361 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8364 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8365 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8371 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8375 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8377 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8378 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8381 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8382 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8388 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8393 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8395 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8396 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8401 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
8405 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
8407 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8414 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
8415 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
8416 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8417 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8421 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
8422 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
8423 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8424 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8428 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8429 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8430 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
8432 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
8435 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
8436 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8438 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
8441 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
8445 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
8446 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
8450 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8451 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
8453 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
8455 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8456 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8458 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8459 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8461 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
8463 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
8464 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
8465 relocs in this case. */
8470 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8471 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8472 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8474 while (erel
< erelend
)
8476 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8478 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
8479 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
8480 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
8486 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
8488 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8490 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8491 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
8497 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
8498 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8500 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8501 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
8503 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
8506 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
8508 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8509 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8511 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8512 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8515 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8516 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8517 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8518 while (erel
< erelend
)
8520 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8521 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
8528 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
8532 /* Flush the output symbols to the file. */
8535 elf_link_flush_output_syms (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8536 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
)
8538 if (flinfo
->symbuf_count
> 0)
8540 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8544 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8545 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
8546 amt
= flinfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8547 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8548 || bfd_bwrite (flinfo
->symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) != amt
)
8551 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
8552 flinfo
->symbuf_count
= 0;
8558 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */
8561 elf_link_output_sym (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8563 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
8564 asection
*input_sec
,
8565 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8568 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*destshndx
;
8569 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
8570 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8571 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8572 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8574 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
8576 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8577 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
8578 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
8580 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
8585 if (name
== NULL
|| *name
== '\0')
8586 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8587 else if (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
8588 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8591 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
8593 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8597 if (flinfo
->symbuf_count
>= flinfo
->symbuf_size
)
8599 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (flinfo
, bed
))
8603 dest
= flinfo
->symbuf
+ flinfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8604 destshndx
= flinfo
->symshndxbuf
;
8605 if (destshndx
!= NULL
)
8607 if (bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) >= flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
)
8611 amt
= flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8612 destshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_realloc (destshndx
,
8614 if (destshndx
== NULL
)
8616 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= destshndx
;
8617 memset ((char *) destshndx
+ amt
, 0, amt
);
8618 flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
*= 2;
8620 destshndx
+= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8623 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, elfsym
, dest
, destshndx
);
8624 flinfo
->symbuf_count
+= 1;
8625 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
8630 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
8633 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8635 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
8636 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
8638 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
8640 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8641 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
8642 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
8643 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8649 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
8650 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
8651 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
8652 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
8653 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
8656 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8657 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
8658 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8661 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
8663 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
8666 /* Check indirect symbol. */
8667 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8668 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8670 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8676 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8677 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8678 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
8679 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8680 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
8684 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8685 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8686 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
8689 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8690 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
8693 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
8695 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
8697 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
8700 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8701 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8702 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
8703 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
8704 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
8705 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8706 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8707 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
8708 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
8709 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
8711 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
8713 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
8715 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8716 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
8719 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8721 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8722 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
8724 extsymcount
= symcount
;
8729 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
8730 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
8733 if (extsymcount
== 0)
8736 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
8738 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8741 /* Read in any version definitions. */
8742 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
8743 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
8744 if (extversym
== NULL
)
8747 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8748 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
8749 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
8757 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
8758 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
8759 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
8762 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
8763 unsigned short version_index
;
8765 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
8766 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8769 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
8772 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
8775 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
8777 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
8779 && h
->forced_local
))
8781 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
8782 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
8783 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
8788 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
8789 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
8791 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
8805 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
8806 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
8807 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
8808 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
8809 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
8813 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
8815 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8816 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
8817 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
8819 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8820 asection
*input_sec
;
8821 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8825 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8827 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8828 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8832 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
8833 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
8835 if (!h
->forced_local
)
8840 if (h
->forced_local
)
8844 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8846 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
8848 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
8849 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
8850 references in regular files have already been handled unless
8851 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
8853 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
8855 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
8856 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
8857 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
8858 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
8860 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
8863 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
8864 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
8865 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
8867 if (!(flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
8868 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
8869 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
8871 (flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
8872 == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
))))
8874 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8875 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8881 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
8882 shared libraries. */
8883 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
8884 && flinfo
->info
->executable
8889 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
8890 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
8894 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
8896 /* Check indirect symbol. */
8897 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8898 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8900 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
8901 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8902 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
8903 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8905 msg
= _("%B: local symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8906 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
8907 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
8908 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
8909 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, def_bfd
,
8910 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8911 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8912 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8916 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
8917 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
8918 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
8923 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
8925 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8929 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
8931 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
8932 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
8933 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
8935 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8936 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8937 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
8938 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
8939 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
8940 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
8941 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
8943 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
8944 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8945 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
8946 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
8949 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
8950 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
8951 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
8952 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
8955 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
8956 && !h
->forced_local
)
8960 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
8961 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
8962 if (h
->forced_local
)
8964 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, h
->type
);
8965 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
8966 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
8968 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
8969 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
8970 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, h
->type
);
8971 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8972 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8973 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, h
->type
);
8975 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, h
->type
);
8976 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
8978 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8981 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8982 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8986 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8987 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8988 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
8989 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8992 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8993 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8995 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8996 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8999 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9000 input_sec
->output_section
);
9001 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9003 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9004 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
9005 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9006 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9007 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9011 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9012 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9014 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9015 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9017 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9018 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9020 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9021 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9022 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9028 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9029 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9030 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9031 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9036 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9037 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9038 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9039 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9042 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9043 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9044 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9045 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9046 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9047 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9048 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9052 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9053 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9054 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9055 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9056 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9057 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9059 && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9060 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9062 && ((flinfo
->info
->shared
9063 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9064 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9065 || !h
->forced_local
)
9066 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9068 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9069 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9071 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9076 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9077 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9078 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9079 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9080 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9081 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9082 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9084 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9085 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9088 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9090 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9091 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9094 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9095 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9097 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9098 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9101 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9102 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9103 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9104 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9105 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9110 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
9111 locally, it is a fatal error. */
9112 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9113 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9114 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
9115 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9120 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
9121 msg
= _("%B: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9122 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9123 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9125 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9126 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9127 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9128 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9132 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
9133 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
9134 the entry in the .hash section. */
9135 if (flinfo
->dynsym_sec
!= NULL
9137 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9141 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
9142 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
9143 have a run-time problem. */
9144 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
9146 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9148 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
9150 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9151 (_("%B: No symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
9152 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9153 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9158 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
9159 esym
= flinfo
->dynsym_sec
->contents
+ h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9160 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
9162 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9165 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
9167 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
9169 size_t hash_entry_size
;
9170 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
9175 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
9176 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
9179 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
9180 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9181 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
9182 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
9183 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
9185 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
9186 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9187 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
9190 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
9192 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
9193 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
9195 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9197 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9198 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
9199 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
9200 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
9202 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
9206 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
9207 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
9209 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
9210 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
9215 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
9217 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
9218 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
9219 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
9223 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
9224 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
9225 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
9226 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
9228 && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9230 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
9234 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9237 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
9238 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
9239 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
9240 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
9241 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
9242 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
9243 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
9244 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
9245 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
9246 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
9248 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
9250 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
9251 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
9252 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9253 if (!elf_link_output_sym (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
9254 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
9257 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
9260 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9261 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
, input_sec
, h
);
9264 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9269 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
9275 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
9276 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
9279 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9281 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9283 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9285 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9286 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9292 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9293 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
9294 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
9300 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
9301 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
9302 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
9303 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
9304 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
9305 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
9306 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
9307 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
9310 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
9312 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
9315 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
9318 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
9321 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
9324 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
9327 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
9328 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9330 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
9331 asection
*s
= first
;
9335 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
9338 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9346 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
9347 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
9351 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9355 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
9358 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
9359 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
9361 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
9362 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
9364 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
9369 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
9370 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
9371 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
9372 don't have to keep them in memory. */
9375 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
9377 int (*relocate_section
)
9378 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
9379 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
9381 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9384 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9386 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9388 asection
**ppsection
;
9390 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9391 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9392 bfd_size_type address_size
;
9393 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
9395 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
9397 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9398 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9399 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
9401 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
9402 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
9404 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
9407 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9408 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9410 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9415 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9416 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9419 /* Read the local symbols. */
9420 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
9421 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
9423 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
9424 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
9425 flinfo
->external_syms
,
9426 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
9427 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9431 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
9432 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
9433 going into the output file. */
9434 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
9435 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
9437 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
9441 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
9447 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9449 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9456 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9457 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9458 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
9459 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9460 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
9461 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
9464 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
9467 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
9468 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
9472 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
9473 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
9475 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
9476 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
9482 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
9483 output any undefined local symbol. */
9484 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
9487 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9489 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
9490 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
9495 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
9497 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9500 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
9501 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
9502 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
9503 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
9505 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
9508 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
9509 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
9510 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
9511 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
9512 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
9513 isec
->output_section
))
9516 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
9517 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9522 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
9523 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9524 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
9526 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
9527 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9528 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
9529 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
9532 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
9534 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
9535 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
9536 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
9538 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
9539 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
9543 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
9544 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
9545 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
9546 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
9547 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
9548 source file, but the best we can do. */
9549 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
9550 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
9551 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
9552 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
9553 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9554 if (!elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
,
9555 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
9556 : input_bfd
->filename
),
9557 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, NULL
))
9563 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
9564 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9565 isec
->output_section
);
9566 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9569 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
9570 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
9571 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
9572 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
9573 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
9574 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
9575 these requirements. */
9576 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
9577 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9579 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
9580 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
9582 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
9583 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
9584 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
9588 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9589 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
9596 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9604 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
9609 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
9610 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
9611 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9615 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
9617 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
9621 if (flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9622 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
9624 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
9625 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
9626 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
9627 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
9629 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
9630 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9631 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
9633 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
9634 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9635 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9636 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9637 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
9639 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
9641 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9643 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
9644 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9645 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
9649 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
9651 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
9652 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
9653 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9658 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
9659 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9664 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9666 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9669 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
9671 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9672 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
, NULL
);
9676 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
9680 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
9681 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
9685 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
9686 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
9689 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
9691 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
9696 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
9697 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
9698 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
9699 the routines which work on output files. */
9700 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
9702 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
9703 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
9705 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
9707 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
9708 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
9713 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
9714 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
9718 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
9720 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
9721 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9722 int action_discarded
;
9725 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
9727 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
9728 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
9729 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
9730 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
9733 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
9734 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
9735 if (o
->size
> address_size
9736 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
9737 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
9738 ".init_array") == 0)
9739 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
9740 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
9741 ".fini_array") == 0))
9742 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
9744 if (o
->size
!= o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
9746 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9747 (_("error: %B: size of section %A is not "
9748 "multiple of address size"),
9750 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_on_input
);
9753 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
9756 action_discarded
= -1;
9757 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
9758 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
9760 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
9761 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
9762 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
9763 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
9764 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
9766 rel
= internal_relocs
;
9767 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9768 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9770 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9771 unsigned int s_type
;
9772 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
9773 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
9774 const char *sym_name
;
9776 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9779 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
9780 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9781 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
9783 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9785 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
9786 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
9787 we do not seg fault. */
9792 sprintf_vma (buffer
, rel
->r_info
);
9793 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9794 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (0x%s) for section %A "
9795 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
9796 input_bfd
, o
, buffer
);
9797 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9801 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9802 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9803 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9807 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
9808 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
9809 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
9810 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
9811 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
9812 if (h
->root
.non_ir_ref
9813 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9814 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9815 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
9816 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9817 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9818 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
9821 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
9822 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9826 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9827 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9828 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9830 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9834 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
9836 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
9837 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
9838 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9842 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
9843 && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9846 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
9847 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
9849 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
9850 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
9851 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
9852 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
9853 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
9854 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
9855 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
9856 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
9857 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
9859 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
9860 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
9863 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
9864 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
9869 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
9871 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
9872 discarded section. */
9873 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
9875 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
9876 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
9877 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
9878 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
9879 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
9880 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
9882 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
9883 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
9884 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
9885 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
9886 symbol here means we will be changing all later
9887 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
9888 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
9892 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
9904 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
9906 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
9907 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
9908 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
9909 reloc addend as necessary.
9911 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
9912 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
9914 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
9915 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
9916 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
9918 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
9919 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
9920 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
9921 corresponding to the output section, which will require
9922 the addend to be adjusted. */
9924 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
9925 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
9933 || flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9934 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
9936 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
9937 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
9938 bfd_vma last_offset
;
9939 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
9940 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
9941 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
9942 unsigned int next_erel
;
9943 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
9944 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
9946 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
9947 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
9948 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
9950 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
9952 irela
= internal_relocs
;
9953 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9954 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
9955 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
9956 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
9958 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
9959 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
9960 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
9961 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
9962 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
9963 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
9964 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9965 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
9966 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
9968 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9970 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9972 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9978 if (irela
== irelamid
)
9980 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
9981 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
9982 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
9985 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
9988 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
9990 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
9991 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
9992 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
9993 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
9995 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
9997 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
10001 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
10003 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
10004 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
10005 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10007 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
10009 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10010 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10013 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10014 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10015 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10017 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
10018 unsigned long indx
;
10020 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
10021 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
10022 we do not know the symbol index of any global
10023 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
10024 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10025 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10026 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10027 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10028 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10029 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10030 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10031 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10033 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10034 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10035 used by a reloc. */
10036 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10044 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10047 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10048 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10049 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10051 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10052 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10053 processor specific section. */
10054 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10055 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10057 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10059 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10064 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10066 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10067 section will be the absolute section. In
10068 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10069 the kept section. relocate_section should
10070 have already handled discarded linkonce
10072 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10073 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10074 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10076 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10077 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10080 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10082 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10083 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10085 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10086 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
10088 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10089 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10094 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
10095 section winds up in the output section. */
10097 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10101 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
10103 unsigned long shlink
;
10108 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10110 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
10111 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
10115 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
10116 since it is needed by a reloc, we
10117 must output it now. */
10118 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
10119 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
10120 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
10124 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10126 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10128 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10131 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10132 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
10134 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
10135 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10137 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
10139 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10140 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10141 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10146 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10147 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, sec
,
10152 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
10157 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
10160 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
10161 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
10164 /* Swap out the relocs. */
10165 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
10166 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10168 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10173 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
10174 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10175 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
10178 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
10179 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10181 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10190 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
10191 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
10192 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
10195 /* Section written out. */
10197 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
10199 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10200 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
10202 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
10203 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
10206 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
10207 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
10208 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
10211 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10213 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10220 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
10221 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
10223 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
10224 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
10225 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
10227 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
10230 todo
-= address_size
;
10231 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10239 offset
+= address_size
;
10243 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10257 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
10258 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
10259 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
10263 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10264 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10265 asection
*output_section
,
10266 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
10268 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10272 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
10273 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
10274 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
10275 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10276 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
10279 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
10281 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
10284 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10288 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
10291 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
10292 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
10293 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
10300 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
10301 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
10302 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10304 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
10305 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
10306 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10312 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
10313 actually against the section. */
10314 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
10315 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
10316 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
10317 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
10319 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10320 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
10324 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10325 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
10326 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10327 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
10328 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
10329 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
10330 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
10332 else if (h
!= NULL
)
10334 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
10335 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
10342 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
10343 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0)))
10349 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
10351 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
10353 bfd_size_type size
;
10354 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
10357 const char *sym_name
;
10359 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
10360 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
10361 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
10363 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
10370 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10373 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10374 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10375 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
10376 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
10378 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
10379 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10380 (info
, NULL
, sym_name
, howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
,
10381 NULL
, (bfd_vma
) 0)))
10388 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
10389 link_order
->offset
, size
);
10395 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
10396 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
10398 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
10399 if (! info
->relocatable
)
10400 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
10402 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
10404 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
10405 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
10406 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
10408 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10409 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10411 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10413 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
10414 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
10415 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
10417 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
10418 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10422 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
10423 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
10424 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10433 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
10436 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
10438 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
10442 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10443 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
10444 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
10445 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
10447 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
10448 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
10449 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
10450 where elfsec is 0. */
10453 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
10454 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
10455 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
10456 bed
->link_order_error_handler
10457 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
10462 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
10463 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10468 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
10469 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
10472 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
10477 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
10478 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
10481 return apos
> bpos
;
10485 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
10486 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
10487 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
10488 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
10491 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
10493 int seen_linkorder
;
10496 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10498 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10500 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
10501 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
10505 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
10507 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10508 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10510 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10512 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10514 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10515 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
10516 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
10517 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
10518 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
10519 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
10533 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
10535 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
10536 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
10538 linkorder_sec
->owner
, other_sec
,
10541 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"),
10543 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10548 if (!seen_linkorder
)
10551 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
10552 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
10553 if (sections
== NULL
)
10555 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10557 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10559 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
10561 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
10562 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
10563 compare_link_order
);
10565 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
10567 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
10569 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
10570 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
10571 s
->output_offset
= offset
;
10572 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
10573 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
10574 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
10582 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
10586 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
10587 _bfd_stringtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
10588 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
10589 free (flinfo
->contents
);
10590 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
10591 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
10592 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
10593 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
10594 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
10595 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
10596 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
10597 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10598 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
10599 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
10600 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
10601 free (flinfo
->indices
);
10602 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
10603 free (flinfo
->sections
);
10604 if (flinfo
->symbuf
!= NULL
)
10605 free (flinfo
->symbuf
);
10606 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
10607 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
10608 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10610 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10611 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
10612 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
10613 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
10614 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
10618 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
10621 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10623 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
10624 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
10626 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
10628 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10630 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
10631 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
10632 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
10633 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
10634 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
10635 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
10637 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10638 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
10639 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10640 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
10641 bfd_boolean merged
;
10642 size_t relativecount
= 0;
10643 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
10645 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
10646 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
10647 const char *std_attrs_section
;
10649 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
10653 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
10655 dynamic
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
10656 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10658 emit_relocs
= (info
->relocatable
10659 || info
->emitrelocations
);
10661 flinfo
.info
= info
;
10662 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
10663 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
10664 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
10669 flinfo
.dynsym_sec
= NULL
;
10670 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
10671 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
10675 flinfo
.dynsym_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
10676 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
10677 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
10678 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
10679 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
10682 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
10683 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
10684 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
10685 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
10686 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
10687 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
10688 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
10689 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
10690 flinfo
.symbuf
= NULL
;
10691 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
10692 flinfo
.symbuf_count
= 0;
10693 flinfo
.shndxbuf_size
= 0;
10694 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
10696 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
10697 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
10699 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
10700 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10702 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
10703 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
10705 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10707 asection
*input_section
;
10709 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10711 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10712 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10713 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10714 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10717 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
10720 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
10722 /* Skip this section later on. */
10723 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10726 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10730 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
10731 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
10732 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
10733 max_contents_size
= 0;
10734 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
10735 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
10737 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
10739 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10741 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10742 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
10744 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10746 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
10747 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
10749 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
10750 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
10752 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10756 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10757 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
10759 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
10760 link. This will normally be every section. We need
10761 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
10762 the linker has decided to not include. */
10763 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
10765 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10768 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
10769 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
10770 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
10771 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
10772 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
10774 else if (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
)
10775 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10776 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
10777 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
10779 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
10780 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
10781 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
10782 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
10784 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
10786 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10787 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
10791 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
10792 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
10793 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10795 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
10797 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
10798 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
10800 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
10801 && elf_symtab_shndx (sec
->owner
) != 0)
10802 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
10804 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10806 size_t ext_size
= 0;
10808 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10809 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
10810 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10811 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
10813 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
10814 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
10815 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
10816 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10821 if (reloc_count
== 0)
10824 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
10826 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
10827 && (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
))
10830 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
10831 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
10832 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
10837 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
10839 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
10843 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10844 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
10847 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
10848 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
10849 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
10850 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
10853 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
10854 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
10855 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
10856 sections are handled correctly. */
10857 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
10858 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
10862 if (! info
->relocatable
&& merged
)
10863 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
10864 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
10866 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
10867 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
10868 to create a symbol table. */
10869 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
10870 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10871 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
10874 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
10875 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10877 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10878 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10881 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
10885 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
10889 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
10890 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
10891 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
10892 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
10894 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
10896 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
10897 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
10898 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
10899 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
10900 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
10903 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
10904 if (contents
== NULL
)
10906 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
10910 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
10911 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
10912 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
10913 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
10914 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
10915 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10916 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
10917 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
10918 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
10919 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10920 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
10921 /* sh_info is set below. */
10922 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
10923 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
10925 /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid
10926 continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */
10927 if (! info
->keep_memory
|| max_sym_count
< 20)
10928 flinfo
.symbuf_size
= 20;
10930 flinfo
.symbuf_size
= max_sym_count
;
10931 amt
= flinfo
.symbuf_size
;
10932 amt
*= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10933 flinfo
.symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10934 if (flinfo
.symbuf
== NULL
)
10936 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
10938 /* Wild guess at number of output symbols. realloc'd as needed. */
10939 amt
= 2 * max_sym_count
+ elf_numsections (abfd
) + 1000;
10940 flinfo
.shndxbuf_size
= amt
;
10941 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10942 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
10943 if (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
10947 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
10949 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
10951 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
10953 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
10954 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
10955 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
10957 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
10959 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10960 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10961 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
10962 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10963 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10964 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
10965 if (elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
10969 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
10970 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
10971 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
10972 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
10973 outputting relocs. */
10975 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10976 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10977 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10978 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10979 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
10980 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
10982 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
10985 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
10986 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
10987 if (!info
->relocatable
)
10988 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
10989 if (elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
, NULL
) != 1)
10995 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
10997 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
10999 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
11000 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
11004 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
11006 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
11007 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
11011 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
11013 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
11014 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
11015 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11016 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
11020 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
11022 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11023 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11024 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
11027 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
11028 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11029 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
11032 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
11033 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11034 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
11037 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
11038 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11039 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
11043 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
11045 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11046 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11047 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
11051 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
)
11053 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
11056 for (sec
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
;
11057 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
11060 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
11063 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
11065 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
11068 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
11070 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
11072 base
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
11073 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
11074 alignment requirements. */
11075 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
11076 end
= align_power (end
,
11077 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
11078 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_size
= end
- base
;
11081 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
11082 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11084 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
11088 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
11089 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
11090 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
11091 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
11092 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
11094 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
11095 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
11096 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
11097 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
11098 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
11099 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
11100 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
11101 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
11102 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
11103 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
11104 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
11105 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
11106 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
11108 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11109 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
11110 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11112 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11114 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11115 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
11116 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11117 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11119 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
11121 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
11123 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
11126 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11127 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11129 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11134 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11136 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11137 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
11138 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11139 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11140 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
11142 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
11144 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
)
11146 iclass
= "ELFCLASS32";
11147 oclass
= "ELFCLASS64";
11151 iclass
= "ELFCLASS64";
11152 oclass
= "ELFCLASS32";
11155 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11156 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11157 (_("%B: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
11158 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
11167 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
11168 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
11170 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11171 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11172 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
11174 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
11175 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
11179 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
11180 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
11181 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
11182 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
11183 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
11184 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
11185 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11186 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11187 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
11188 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
11189 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11193 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
11194 table, do it now. */
11195 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
11196 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
11198 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11199 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11200 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11202 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
11203 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
11207 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
11208 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
11209 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
11210 converted to local in a version script. */
11212 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
11213 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11216 && flinfo
.dynsym_sec
!= NULL
11217 && flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11219 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
11220 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->contents
;
11221 long last_local
= 0;
11223 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
11224 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
11230 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11232 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11234 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11240 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
11243 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
11244 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
11245 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
11246 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11248 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
11249 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11250 if (last_local
< dynindx
)
11251 last_local
= dynindx
;
11252 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11256 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
11257 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
11259 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
11260 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11265 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
11266 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
11267 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
11269 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11271 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
11276 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
11277 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11279 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
11281 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
11284 if (last_local
< e
->dynindx
)
11285 last_local
= e
->dynindx
;
11287 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11288 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11292 elf_section_data (flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
=
11296 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
11297 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11298 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
11299 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11300 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11304 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
11305 table, do it now. */
11306 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
11307 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
11309 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11310 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11311 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11313 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
11314 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
11318 /* Flush all symbols to the file. */
11319 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&flinfo
, bed
))
11322 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
11323 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
11325 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
11327 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
11328 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
11330 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11331 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
11333 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
11334 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11335 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11336 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11337 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
11339 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
11342 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11343 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
11347 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
11348 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
11349 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
11350 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
11351 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
11352 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11353 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
11354 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
11355 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
11356 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11357 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
11359 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
11361 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
11363 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11364 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
11368 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
11369 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11371 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11373 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
11376 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
11377 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11378 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
);
11379 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11380 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
);
11382 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
11383 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
11384 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11387 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
11388 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
11390 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
11391 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
11394 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
11396 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
11397 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11398 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
11400 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
11401 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
11402 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
11404 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11408 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
11415 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
11417 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
11419 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
11420 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
11423 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
11430 name
= info
->init_function
;
11433 name
= info
->fini_function
;
11436 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11438 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
,
11439 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
11441 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11442 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11444 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
11445 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11446 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
11447 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
11448 + o
->output_offset
);
11451 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
11452 library and does not apply to this one. */
11453 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11460 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11461 name
= ".preinit_array";
11463 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11464 name
= ".init_array";
11466 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
11467 name
= ".fini_array";
11469 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11472 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11473 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
11477 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11478 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
11479 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
11482 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
11483 name
= ".preinit_array";
11485 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
11486 name
= ".init_array";
11488 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
11489 name
= ".fini_array";
11496 name
= ".gnu.hash";
11505 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
11508 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
11511 name
= ".gnu.version";
11513 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11516 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11517 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
11520 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
11522 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11523 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
11524 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
11527 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->vma
;
11534 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
11538 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11539 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11540 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11542 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
11544 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
11545 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
11546 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
11548 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
11549 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
11552 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
== 0
11553 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
)
11554 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
11560 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
11564 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
11565 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
11567 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
11570 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
11571 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& info
->shared
)
11572 || info
->error_textrel
)
11573 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
11575 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
11577 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
11578 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
11579 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
11581 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11583 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
11585 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
11587 if (info
->error_textrel
)
11588 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11589 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations.\n"));
11591 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11592 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object.\n"));
11598 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11600 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
11602 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11604 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
11606 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
11607 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
11610 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
11612 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
11614 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
11616 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
11617 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
11619 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
11625 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
11629 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
11630 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11631 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
,
11632 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
))
11638 if (info
->relocatable
)
11640 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
11642 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
11647 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
11648 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
11650 if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
))
11654 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
11657 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
11659 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
11663 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
11664 if (contents
== NULL
)
11665 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
11666 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
11667 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
11674 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
11678 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
11681 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11682 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
11684 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11685 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11687 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11688 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11690 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
11691 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11692 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
11693 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
11695 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11696 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
11700 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11701 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11704 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11705 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
11707 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
11709 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
11710 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
11712 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
11713 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
11715 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
11717 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
11720 if (info
->keep_memory
)
11721 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
11726 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
11729 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
11731 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11733 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11734 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
11735 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
11736 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
11739 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
11740 of input bfd ABFD. */
11743 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11744 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
11747 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11749 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
11751 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
11752 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
11756 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11758 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
11759 info
->keep_memory
);
11760 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
11762 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11763 cookie
->relend
= (cookie
->rels
11764 + sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11766 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11770 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
11774 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11777 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
11778 free (cookie
->rels
);
11781 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
11784 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11785 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11788 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
11790 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
11795 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11800 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
11804 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11807 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
11808 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11811 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
11813 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
11816 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
11817 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11818 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11819 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11820 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11822 const char *sec_name
;
11826 switch (h
->root
.type
)
11828 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
11829 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
11830 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11832 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
11833 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
11835 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
11836 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
11837 /* To work around a glibc bug, keep all XXX input sections
11838 when there is an as yet undefined reference to __start_XXX
11839 or __stop_XXX symbols. The linker will later define such
11840 symbols for orphan input sections that have a name
11841 representable as a C identifier. */
11842 if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__start_", 8) == 0)
11843 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 8;
11844 else if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__stop_", 7) == 0)
11845 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 7;
11849 if (sec_name
&& *sec_name
!= '\0')
11853 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
11855 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (i
, sec_name
);
11857 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
11867 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
11872 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11873 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
11874 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
11877 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
11878 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11879 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11881 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11882 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11884 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
11885 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11888 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
11889 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
11891 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
11894 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %B\n"),
11898 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
11899 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11900 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11902 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
11903 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
11904 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
11905 handling copy relocs. */
11906 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
11907 h
->u
.weakdef
->mark
= 1;
11908 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
11911 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
11912 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
11915 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11916 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
11917 the relocation symbol. */
11920 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11922 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11923 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11927 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
);
11928 if (rsec
&& !rsec
->gc_mark
)
11930 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
11931 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
11933 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11939 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
11940 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
11941 which define symbols to which it refers. */
11944 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11946 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
11949 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
11953 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
11954 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
11955 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
11956 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11959 /* Look through the section relocs. */
11961 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
11962 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
11963 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
11964 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
11966 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11968 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
11972 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
11973 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11978 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
11982 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
11984 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11986 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
11990 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
11991 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11993 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
12000 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
12003 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
12005 /* Point to first section of section group. */
12007 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
12010 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
12011 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
12013 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
12014 and special section. */
12015 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
12018 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12019 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
12021 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
12022 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
12024 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12026 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12028 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
12029 keep all sections in this group. */
12030 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
12035 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12037 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12041 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
12044 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12045 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12049 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12052 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
12053 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
12055 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12058 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
12059 see if any other section is already marked,
12060 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
12061 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= FALSE
;
12062 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12064 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12066 else if (isec
->gc_mark
)
12069 if (debug_frag_seen
== FALSE
12070 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
12071 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
12072 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
12075 /* If no section in this file will be kept, then we can
12076 toss out the debug and special sections. */
12080 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
12081 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
12082 just debug sections or special sections. */
12083 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12085 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
12086 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
12087 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
12088 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
12089 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
12093 if (! debug_frag_seen
)
12096 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
12097 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
12098 are associated with that code section. */
12099 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12100 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12101 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
12106 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
12108 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug section
12109 containing the name of the code section as a suffix. For
12110 example .debug_line.text.foo is a debug section associated
12112 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
12116 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
12117 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12120 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
12123 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
12124 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
12134 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12136 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
12138 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12139 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
12144 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
12147 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12148 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12149 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
12150 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
12151 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
12152 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
12154 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
12156 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
12157 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
12158 h
->def_regular
= 0;
12159 h
->ref_regular
= 0;
12160 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
12166 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
12168 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
12169 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
12172 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12175 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12176 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
12177 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
12178 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
12180 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12184 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
12185 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
12188 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12190 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
12191 sections in the section group. If the first member of
12192 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
12194 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12196 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
12197 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
12203 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
12204 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
12207 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
12208 to remove a section from the output. */
12209 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
12211 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
12212 _bfd_error_handler (_("Removing unused section '%s' in file '%B'"), sub
, o
->name
);
12214 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
12215 info we collected before. */
12217 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12218 && o
->reloc_count
!= 0
12219 && !((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
12220 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12221 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12223 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
12227 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12228 info
->keep_memory
);
12229 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12232 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
12234 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12235 free (internal_relocs
);
12243 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the dynamic
12244 symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them out of the
12245 static symbol table as well? */
12246 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
12247 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
12248 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
12251 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (abfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
12255 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
12256 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12259 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12261 /* Those that are not vtables. */
12262 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12265 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
12266 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
12269 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
12270 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
12273 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
12274 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
12276 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
12278 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
12280 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12281 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
12286 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
12288 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
12289 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
12291 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12294 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12295 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12297 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
12298 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12299 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
12314 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12317 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
12318 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
12319 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12320 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12322 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
12323 well as those that are not loaded. */
12324 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12327 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12328 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
12330 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12331 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12332 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
12334 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
12336 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
12337 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
12338 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12340 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
12342 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
12343 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
12345 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
12346 if (h
->vtable
->used
12347 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
12349 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
12350 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
12353 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
12354 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
12360 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
12361 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
12365 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12367 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
12368 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
12370 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12371 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12373 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
12374 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
12375 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
12376 && (!info
->executable
12377 || info
->export_dynamic
12380 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
12381 && (strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
) != NULL
12382 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
12383 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
12384 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
12389 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
12390 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
12393 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12395 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
12397 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
12399 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12401 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
12402 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
12405 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12406 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12407 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
12408 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
12412 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
12415 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12417 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
12419 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
12420 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12421 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12423 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
12424 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12426 (*_bfd_error_handler
)(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
12430 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
12431 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
12433 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
12434 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
12435 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12438 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12440 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
12441 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12443 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
12444 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
12445 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12446 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
12447 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12448 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (sec
);
12452 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
12453 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
12457 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
12458 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
12462 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
12463 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
12464 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
12466 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
12467 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
12468 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12472 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
12473 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
12476 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
12477 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
12479 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12481 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
12482 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
12483 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
12484 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
12486 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12491 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
12492 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12494 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
12495 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
12498 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
12501 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
12503 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12506 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
12507 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
12508 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
12509 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12511 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
12512 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
12514 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12515 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
12516 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
12518 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12519 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
12521 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
12522 offset as the relocation. */
12523 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
12525 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
12526 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12527 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12528 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
12529 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
12533 (*_bfd_error_handler
) ("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT",
12534 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
12535 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
12539 if (!child
->vtable
)
12541 child
->vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
12542 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
)));
12543 if (!child
->vtable
)
12548 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
12549 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
12550 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
12551 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
12553 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
12556 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
12561 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
12564 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12565 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12566 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12569 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12570 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12574 h
->vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
12575 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
)));
12580 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
12582 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
12583 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
12585 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
12587 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
12588 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
12589 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
12593 if (addend
>= size
)
12595 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
12596 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
12597 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
12600 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
12602 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
12603 consolidation pass. */
12604 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
12608 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
12614 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
12615 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
12616 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
12620 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
12625 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
12626 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
12627 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
12630 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
12635 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
12639 flagword flag_value
;
12640 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
12642 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
12644 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
12645 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
12646 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
12647 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
12648 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
12649 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
12650 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
12651 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
12652 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
12653 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
12654 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
12655 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
12658 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
12660 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12661 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
12664 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
12666 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
12668 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
12669 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
12670 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
12672 int without_hex
= 0;
12674 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
12677 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
12679 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
12680 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
12682 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
12686 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
12687 with_hex
|= hexval
;
12688 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
12689 without_hex
|= hexval
;
12694 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
12696 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
12698 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
12699 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
12700 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
12701 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
12708 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12709 (_("Unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
12713 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
12714 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
12715 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
12718 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
12721 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
12727 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
12729 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12732 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
12733 to real got offsets. */
12736 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
12738 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
12739 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
12740 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
12742 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
12744 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
12745 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
12748 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
12753 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
12754 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
12757 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
12758 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12761 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12763 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
12765 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
12767 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12770 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
12771 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
12772 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
12775 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
12777 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
12778 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
12780 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
12781 bfd_size_type j
, locsymcount
;
12782 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12784 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12787 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
12791 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
12792 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
12793 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12795 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12797 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
12799 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
12801 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
12802 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
12805 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
12809 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
12810 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
12811 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
12812 gofarg
.info
= info
;
12813 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12814 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
12819 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
12820 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
12823 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12825 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
12828 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
12829 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
12833 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
12835 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
12837 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12838 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
12840 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
12842 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12844 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12845 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
12847 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
12850 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12851 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12854 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
12855 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12857 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12859 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
12861 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12862 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12863 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12865 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12866 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12867 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
12868 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
12869 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
12874 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
12875 but it could be a relocation against a local
12876 symbol for a discarded section. */
12878 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12880 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
12881 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
12882 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
12884 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
12885 || discarded_section (isec
)))
12893 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
12894 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
12895 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
12896 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
12899 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12901 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12906 if (info
->traditional_format
12907 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12910 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
12915 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12918 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
12919 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
12923 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12926 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
12929 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
12930 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
12931 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12935 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
12939 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
12944 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12950 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12953 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
12956 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
12957 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
12958 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12962 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
12966 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
12968 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12970 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12973 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12975 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
12977 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
12980 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
12983 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
12987 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
12988 && !info
->relocatable
12989 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
12996 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
12998 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13001 const char *name
, *key
;
13002 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
13003 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
13005 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
13008 flags
= sec
->flags
;
13010 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
13011 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
13012 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
13015 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
13016 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
13017 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
13020 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
13022 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13023 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
13024 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
13025 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
13028 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
13029 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
13030 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
13033 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
13034 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
13035 single member groups. */
13039 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
13041 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13043 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
13044 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
13045 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
13046 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
13047 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
13048 type of section. */
13049 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13050 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13051 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
13052 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
13054 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
13055 issue a warning. */
13056 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
13059 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13061 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13062 asection
*s
= first
;
13066 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13067 /* Record which group discards it. */
13068 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13069 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
13070 /* These lists are circular. */
13080 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
13081 linkonce section and vice versa. */
13082 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13084 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13086 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
13087 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
13088 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13089 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13090 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
13092 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13093 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13094 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13099 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
13100 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13101 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13103 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
13106 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
13107 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
13109 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13110 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
13115 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
13116 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
13117 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
13118 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
13119 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
13120 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
13121 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
13122 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
13123 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
13124 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
13125 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
13127 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
13128 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13129 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13130 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
13132 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
13133 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13137 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
13138 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
13139 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
13140 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13144 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13146 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
13150 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13156 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13158 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13162 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
13163 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13164 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13165 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13166 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13168 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13169 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
13172 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
13174 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
13176 static const char *
13177 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
13179 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13182 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
13183 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
13185 if (old_name
== NULL
)
13188 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
13189 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
13194 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
13195 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
13196 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
13200 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
13202 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13204 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13206 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13208 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
13212 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
13214 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
13215 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13222 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
13223 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
13224 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
13227 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
13228 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
13229 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
13230 string table associated with ABFD. */
13233 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
13235 unsigned int alignment
,
13237 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13239 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13241 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13243 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
13248 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
13250 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13252 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
13253 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
13254 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
13255 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
13257 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
13258 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
13260 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
13261 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
13262 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
13263 seen to be a .rela section. */
13264 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
13265 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
13270 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13276 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
13277 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
13278 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
13279 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
13281 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
13282 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
13283 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
13285 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
13286 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
13287 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
13289 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
13290 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
13292 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
13293 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
13296 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
13299 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
13301 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13302 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
13303 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
13304 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
13307 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
13310 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
13312 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13313 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
13314 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
13315 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);